redonkable
/
remarkable-linux
1
0
Fork 0
Code Releases Activity
remarkable-linux/net/dsa/slave.c

1269 lines
30 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
/*
* net/dsa/slave.c - Slave device handling
dsa: add switch chip cascading support The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support for multiple switch chips on a network interface. An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as follows: +-----+ +--------+ +--------+ | |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch | | CPU +----------+ +-------+ | | | | chip 0 | | chip 1 | +-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+ || || || || ||1000baseT ||1000baseT ||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16 This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer: - The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm) - The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit according to which switch chip the packet is heading to. (net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c) - The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU (port 10 for both switch chips in the example above). - The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given port in the port array. - The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip. This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[] array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches in the tree. For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look something like this: static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = { { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 1, .port_names[0] = "p1", .port_names[1] = "p2", .port_names[2] = "p3", .port_names[3] = "p4", .port_names[4] = "p5", .port_names[5] = "p6", .port_names[6] = "p7", .port_names[7] = "p8", .port_names[9] = "dsa", .port_names[10] = "cpu", .rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, }, }, { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 2, .port_names[0] = "p9", .port_names[1] = "p10", .port_names[2] = "p11", .port_names[3] = "p12", .port_names[4] = "p13", .port_names[5] = "p14", .port_names[6] = "p15", .port_names[7] = "p16", .port_names[10] = "dsa", .rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, }, }, }, static struct dsa_platform_data pd = { .netdev = &foo, .nr_switches = 2, .sw = sw, }; Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 03:52:09 -06:00
* Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Marvell Semiconductor
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*/
#include <linux/list.h>
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
#include <linux/etherdevice.h>
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
#include <linux/phy.h>
net: dsa: add includes for ethtool and phy_fixed definitions net/dsa/slave.c uses functions and structures declared in phy_fixed.h but does not explicitely include it, while dsa.h needs structure declarations for 'struct ethtool_wolinfo' and 'struct ethtool_eee', fix those by including the correct header files. Fixes: ec9436baedb6 ("net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment") Fixes: ce31b31c68e7 ("net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-17 17:02:13 -06:00
#include <linux/phy_fixed.h>
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
#include <linux/of_net.h>
#include <linux/of_mdio.h>
phy: Add API for {un}registering an mdio device to a bus. Rather than have drivers directly manipulate the mii_bus structure, provide and API for registering and unregistering devices on an MDIO bus, and performing lookups. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 12:11:18 -07:00
#include <linux/mdio.h>
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
#include <net/rtnetlink.h>
switchdev: use new swdev ops Move swdev wrappers over to new swdev ops (from previous ndo ops). No functional changes to the implementation. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> rocker: move to new swdev ops Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> dsa: move to new swdev ops Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-15 22:07:15 -06:00
#include <net/switchdev.h>
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
#include <linux/if_bridge.h>
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 12:42:57 -06:00
#include <linux/netpoll.h>
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
#include "dsa_priv.h"
/* slave mii_bus handling ***************************************************/
static int dsa_slave_phy_read(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, int reg)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = bus->priv;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
if (ds->phys_mii_mask & (1 << addr))
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
return ds->drv->phy_read(ds, addr, reg);
return 0xffff;
}
static int dsa_slave_phy_write(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, int reg, u16 val)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = bus->priv;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
if (ds->phys_mii_mask & (1 << addr))
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
return ds->drv->phy_write(ds, addr, reg, val);
return 0;
}
void dsa_slave_mii_bus_init(struct dsa_switch *ds)
{
ds->slave_mii_bus->priv = (void *)ds;
ds->slave_mii_bus->name = "dsa slave smi";
ds->slave_mii_bus->read = dsa_slave_phy_read;
ds->slave_mii_bus->write = dsa_slave_phy_write;
dsa: use an unique and non conflicting bus name for the slave MII bus The slave MII bus registered by the DSA code is using the parent MII bus as part of its name (ds->master_mii_bus_id), in case the parent MII bus name is already 16 characters long (such as d0072004.mdio-mi) we will get the following WARN_ON in dsa_switch_setup() when calling mdiobus_register(): [ 79.088782] ------------[ cut here ]------------ [ 79.093448] WARNING: at fs/sysfs/dir.c:536 sysfs_add_one+0x80/0xa0() [ 79.099831] sysfs: cannot create duplicate filename '/class/mdio_bus/d0072004.mdio-mi' This is a genuine warning, because the DSA slave MII bus will also be named d0072004.mdio-mi, and since MII_BUS_ID_SIZE is 17 characters long (with null-terminator) the following will truncate the slave MII bus id: snprintf(ds->slave_mii_bus->id, MII_BUS_ID_SIZE, "%s-%d:%.2x", ds->master_mii_bus->id, ds->pd->sw_addr); Fix this by using dsa-<switch index->:<sw_add> which is guaranteed to be unique. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <florian@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-21 02:58:50 -07:00
snprintf(ds->slave_mii_bus->id, MII_BUS_ID_SIZE, "dsa-%d:%.2x",
ds->index, ds->pd->sw_addr);
dsa: Replace mii_bus with a generic host device This change makes it so that instead of passing and storing a mii_bus we instead pass and store a host_dev. From there we can test to determine the exact type of device, and can verify it is the correct device for our switch. So for example it would be possible to pass a device pointer from a pci_dev and instead of checking for a PHY ID we could check for a vendor and/or device ID. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-15 11:00:27 -06:00
ds->slave_mii_bus->parent = ds->master_dev;
net: dsa: set slave MII bus PHY mask When registering a mdio bus, Linux assumes than every port has a PHY and tries to scan it. If a switch port has no PHY registered, DSA will fail to register the slave MII bus. To fix this, set the slave MII bus PHY mask to the switch PHYs mask. As an example, if we use a Marvell MV88E6352 (which is a 7-port switch with no registered PHYs for port 5 and port 6), with the following declared names: static struct dsa_chip_data switch_cdata = { [...] .port_names[0] = "sw0", .port_names[1] = "sw1", .port_names[2] = "sw2", .port_names[3] = "sw3", .port_names[4] = "sw4", .port_names[5] = "cpu", }; DSA will fail to create the switch instance. With the PHY mask set for the slave MII bus, only the PHY for ports 0-4 will be scanned and the instance will be successfully created. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-20 17:13:32 -07:00
ds->slave_mii_bus->phy_mask = ~ds->phys_mii_mask;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
}
/* slave device handling ****************************************************/
dsa: implement ndo_get_iflink Don't use dev->iflink anymore. CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-02 09:07:08 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_get_iflink(const struct net_device *dev)
dsa: set ->iflink on slave interfaces to the ifindex of the parent ..so that we can parse the DSA topology from 'ip link' output: 1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 16436 qdisc noqueue 2: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 4: lan1@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 5: lan2@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 6: lan3@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 7: lan4@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 03:49:49 -06:00
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
dsa: implement ndo_get_iflink Don't use dev->iflink anymore. CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-02 09:07:08 -06:00
return p->parent->dst->master_netdev->ifindex;
dsa: set ->iflink on slave interfaces to the ifindex of the parent ..so that we can parse the DSA topology from 'ip link' output: 1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 16436 qdisc noqueue 2: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 4: lan1@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 5: lan2@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 6: lan3@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 7: lan4@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 03:49:49 -06:00
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
static inline bool dsa_port_is_bridged(struct dsa_slave_priv *p)
{
return !!p->bridge_dev;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_open(struct net_device *dev)
{
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
dsa: add switch chip cascading support The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support for multiple switch chips on a network interface. An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as follows: +-----+ +--------+ +--------+ | |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch | | CPU +----------+ +-------+ | | | | chip 0 | | chip 1 | +-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+ || || || || ||1000baseT ||1000baseT ||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16 This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer: - The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm) - The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit according to which switch chip the packet is heading to. (net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c) - The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU (port 10 for both switch chips in the example above). - The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given port in the port array. - The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip. This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[] array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches in the tree. For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look something like this: static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = { { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 1, .port_names[0] = "p1", .port_names[1] = "p2", .port_names[2] = "p3", .port_names[3] = "p4", .port_names[4] = "p5", .port_names[5] = "p6", .port_names[6] = "p7", .port_names[7] = "p8", .port_names[9] = "dsa", .port_names[10] = "cpu", .rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, }, }, { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 2, .port_names[0] = "p9", .port_names[1] = "p10", .port_names[2] = "p11", .port_names[3] = "p12", .port_names[4] = "p13", .port_names[5] = "p14", .port_names[6] = "p15", .port_names[7] = "p16", .port_names[10] = "dsa", .rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, }, }, }, static struct dsa_platform_data pd = { .netdev = &foo, .nr_switches = 2, .sw = sw, }; Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 03:52:09 -06:00
struct net_device *master = p->parent->dst->master_netdev;
net: dsa: allow enabling and disable switch ports Whenever a per-port network device is used/unused, invoke the switch driver port_enable/port_disable callbacks to allow saving as much power as possible by disabling unused parts of the switch (RX/TX logic, memory arrays, PHYs...). We supply a PHY device argument to make sure the switch driver can act on the PHY device if needed (like putting/taking the PHY out of deep low power mode). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-24 18:05:18 -06:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
u8 stp_state = dsa_port_is_bridged(p) ?
BR_STATE_BLOCKING : BR_STATE_FORWARDING;
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
int err;
if (!(master->flags & IFF_UP))
return -ENETDOWN;
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 12:56:57 -06:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr)) {
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 15:22:09 -06:00
err = dev_uc_add(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
if (err < 0)
goto out;
}
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI) {
err = dev_set_allmulti(master, 1);
if (err < 0)
goto del_unicast;
}
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC) {
err = dev_set_promiscuity(master, 1);
if (err < 0)
goto clear_allmulti;
}
net: dsa: allow enabling and disable switch ports Whenever a per-port network device is used/unused, invoke the switch driver port_enable/port_disable callbacks to allow saving as much power as possible by disabling unused parts of the switch (RX/TX logic, memory arrays, PHYs...). We supply a PHY device argument to make sure the switch driver can act on the PHY device if needed (like putting/taking the PHY out of deep low power mode). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-24 18:05:18 -06:00
if (ds->drv->port_enable) {
err = ds->drv->port_enable(ds, p->port, p->phy);
if (err)
goto clear_promisc;
}
net: dsa: make the STP state function return void The DSA layer doesn't care about the return code of the port_stp_update routine, so make it void in the layer and the DSA drivers. Replace the useless dsa_slave_stp_update function with a dsa_slave_stp_state function used to reply to the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE attribute. In the meantime, rename port_stp_update to port_stp_state_set to explicit the state change. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 09:55:03 -06:00
if (ds->drv->port_stp_state_set)
ds->drv->port_stp_state_set(ds, p->port, stp_state);
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
net: dsa: start and stop the PHY state machine dsa_slave_open() should start the PHY library state machine for its PHY interface, and dsa_slave_close() should stop the PHY library state machine accordingly. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-24 18:05:17 -06:00
if (p->phy)
phy_start(p->phy);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
return 0;
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
net: dsa: allow enabling and disable switch ports Whenever a per-port network device is used/unused, invoke the switch driver port_enable/port_disable callbacks to allow saving as much power as possible by disabling unused parts of the switch (RX/TX logic, memory arrays, PHYs...). We supply a PHY device argument to make sure the switch driver can act on the PHY device if needed (like putting/taking the PHY out of deep low power mode). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-24 18:05:18 -06:00
clear_promisc:
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC)
dsa: fix promiscuity leak on slave dev open error DSA master netdev promiscuity counter was not being properly decremented on slave device open error path. Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@benyossef.com> CC: Gilad Ben-Yossef <giladb@ezchip.com> CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> CC: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> CC: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> CC: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-25 07:50:13 -06:00
dev_set_promiscuity(master, -1);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
clear_allmulti:
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master, -1);
del_unicast:
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 12:56:57 -06:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 15:22:09 -06:00
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
out:
return err;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
}
static int dsa_slave_close(struct net_device *dev)
{
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
dsa: add switch chip cascading support The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support for multiple switch chips on a network interface. An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as follows: +-----+ +--------+ +--------+ | |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch | | CPU +----------+ +-------+ | | | | chip 0 | | chip 1 | +-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+ || || || || ||1000baseT ||1000baseT ||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16 This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer: - The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm) - The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit according to which switch chip the packet is heading to. (net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c) - The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU (port 10 for both switch chips in the example above). - The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given port in the port array. - The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip. This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[] array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches in the tree. For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look something like this: static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = { { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 1, .port_names[0] = "p1", .port_names[1] = "p2", .port_names[2] = "p3", .port_names[3] = "p4", .port_names[4] = "p5", .port_names[5] = "p6", .port_names[6] = "p7", .port_names[7] = "p8", .port_names[9] = "dsa", .port_names[10] = "cpu", .rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, }, }, { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 2, .port_names[0] = "p9", .port_names[1] = "p10", .port_names[2] = "p11", .port_names[3] = "p12", .port_names[4] = "p13", .port_names[5] = "p14", .port_names[6] = "p15", .port_names[7] = "p16", .port_names[10] = "dsa", .rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, }, }, }, static struct dsa_platform_data pd = { .netdev = &foo, .nr_switches = 2, .sw = sw, }; Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 03:52:09 -06:00
struct net_device *master = p->parent->dst->master_netdev;
net: dsa: allow enabling and disable switch ports Whenever a per-port network device is used/unused, invoke the switch driver port_enable/port_disable callbacks to allow saving as much power as possible by disabling unused parts of the switch (RX/TX logic, memory arrays, PHYs...). We supply a PHY device argument to make sure the switch driver can act on the PHY device if needed (like putting/taking the PHY out of deep low power mode). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-24 18:05:18 -06:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
net: dsa: start and stop the PHY state machine dsa_slave_open() should start the PHY library state machine for its PHY interface, and dsa_slave_close() should stop the PHY library state machine accordingly. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-24 18:05:17 -06:00
if (p->phy)
phy_stop(p->phy);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
dev_mc_unsync(master, dev);
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 15:22:09 -06:00
dev_uc_unsync(master, dev);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master, -1);
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC)
dev_set_promiscuity(master, -1);
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 12:56:57 -06:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 15:22:09 -06:00
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
net: dsa: allow enabling and disable switch ports Whenever a per-port network device is used/unused, invoke the switch driver port_enable/port_disable callbacks to allow saving as much power as possible by disabling unused parts of the switch (RX/TX logic, memory arrays, PHYs...). We supply a PHY device argument to make sure the switch driver can act on the PHY device if needed (like putting/taking the PHY out of deep low power mode). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-24 18:05:18 -06:00
if (ds->drv->port_disable)
ds->drv->port_disable(ds, p->port, p->phy);
net: dsa: make the STP state function return void The DSA layer doesn't care about the return code of the port_stp_update routine, so make it void in the layer and the DSA drivers. Replace the useless dsa_slave_stp_update function with a dsa_slave_stp_state function used to reply to the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE attribute. In the meantime, rename port_stp_update to port_stp_state_set to explicit the state change. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 09:55:03 -06:00
if (ds->drv->port_stp_state_set)
ds->drv->port_stp_state_set(ds, p->port, BR_STATE_DISABLED);
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
return 0;
}
static void dsa_slave_change_rx_flags(struct net_device *dev, int change)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
dsa: add switch chip cascading support The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support for multiple switch chips on a network interface. An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as follows: +-----+ +--------+ +--------+ | |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch | | CPU +----------+ +-------+ | | | | chip 0 | | chip 1 | +-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+ || || || || ||1000baseT ||1000baseT ||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16 This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer: - The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm) - The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit according to which switch chip the packet is heading to. (net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c) - The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU (port 10 for both switch chips in the example above). - The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given port in the port array. - The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip. This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[] array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches in the tree. For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look something like this: static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = { { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 1, .port_names[0] = "p1", .port_names[1] = "p2", .port_names[2] = "p3", .port_names[3] = "p4", .port_names[4] = "p5", .port_names[5] = "p6", .port_names[6] = "p7", .port_names[7] = "p8", .port_names[9] = "dsa", .port_names[10] = "cpu", .rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, }, }, { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 2, .port_names[0] = "p9", .port_names[1] = "p10", .port_names[2] = "p11", .port_names[3] = "p12", .port_names[4] = "p13", .port_names[5] = "p14", .port_names[6] = "p15", .port_names[7] = "p16", .port_names[10] = "dsa", .rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, }, }, }, static struct dsa_platform_data pd = { .netdev = &foo, .nr_switches = 2, .sw = sw, }; Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 03:52:09 -06:00
struct net_device *master = p->parent->dst->master_netdev;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
if (change & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master, dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI ? 1 : -1);
if (change & IFF_PROMISC)
dev_set_promiscuity(master, dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC ? 1 : -1);
}
static void dsa_slave_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
dsa: add switch chip cascading support The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support for multiple switch chips on a network interface. An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as follows: +-----+ +--------+ +--------+ | |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch | | CPU +----------+ +-------+ | | | | chip 0 | | chip 1 | +-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+ || || || || ||1000baseT ||1000baseT ||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16 This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer: - The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm) - The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit according to which switch chip the packet is heading to. (net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c) - The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU (port 10 for both switch chips in the example above). - The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given port in the port array. - The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip. This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[] array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches in the tree. For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look something like this: static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = { { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 1, .port_names[0] = "p1", .port_names[1] = "p2", .port_names[2] = "p3", .port_names[3] = "p4", .port_names[4] = "p5", .port_names[5] = "p6", .port_names[6] = "p7", .port_names[7] = "p8", .port_names[9] = "dsa", .port_names[10] = "cpu", .rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, }, }, { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 2, .port_names[0] = "p9", .port_names[1] = "p10", .port_names[2] = "p11", .port_names[3] = "p12", .port_names[4] = "p13", .port_names[5] = "p14", .port_names[6] = "p15", .port_names[7] = "p16", .port_names[10] = "dsa", .rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, }, }, }, static struct dsa_platform_data pd = { .netdev = &foo, .nr_switches = 2, .sw = sw, }; Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 03:52:09 -06:00
struct net_device *master = p->parent->dst->master_netdev;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
dev_mc_sync(master, dev);
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 15:22:09 -06:00
dev_uc_sync(master, dev);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
}
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
static int dsa_slave_set_mac_address(struct net_device *dev, void *a)
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
{
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
dsa: add switch chip cascading support The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support for multiple switch chips on a network interface. An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as follows: +-----+ +--------+ +--------+ | |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch | | CPU +----------+ +-------+ | | | | chip 0 | | chip 1 | +-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+ || || || || ||1000baseT ||1000baseT ||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16 This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer: - The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm) - The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit according to which switch chip the packet is heading to. (net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c) - The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU (port 10 for both switch chips in the example above). - The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given port in the port array. - The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip. This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[] array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches in the tree. For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look something like this: static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = { { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 1, .port_names[0] = "p1", .port_names[1] = "p2", .port_names[2] = "p3", .port_names[3] = "p4", .port_names[4] = "p5", .port_names[5] = "p6", .port_names[6] = "p7", .port_names[7] = "p8", .port_names[9] = "dsa", .port_names[10] = "cpu", .rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, }, }, { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 2, .port_names[0] = "p9", .port_names[1] = "p10", .port_names[2] = "p11", .port_names[3] = "p12", .port_names[4] = "p13", .port_names[5] = "p14", .port_names[6] = "p15", .port_names[7] = "p16", .port_names[10] = "dsa", .rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, }, }, }, static struct dsa_platform_data pd = { .netdev = &foo, .nr_switches = 2, .sw = sw, }; Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 03:52:09 -06:00
struct net_device *master = p->parent->dst->master_netdev;
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
struct sockaddr *addr = a;
int err;
if (!is_valid_ether_addr(addr->sa_data))
return -EADDRNOTAVAIL;
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_UP))
goto out;
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 12:56:57 -06:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(addr->sa_data, master->dev_addr)) {
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 15:22:09 -06:00
err = dev_uc_add(master, addr->sa_data);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
if (err < 0)
return err;
}
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 12:56:57 -06:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 15:22:09 -06:00
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-10 22:53:12 -07:00
out:
dsa: Use ether_addr_copy Use ether_addr_copy instead of memcpy(a, b, ETH_ALEN) to save some cycles on arm and powerpc. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-01-20 10:52:20 -07:00
ether_addr_copy(dev->dev_addr, addr->sa_data);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
return 0;
}
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 10:52:17 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_port_vlan_add(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: rename switchdev_obj_vlan to switchdev_obj_port_vlan Make the struct name in sync with object id name. Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:43 -06:00
const struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan,
switchdev: move transaction phase enum under transaction structure Before it disappears completely, move transaction phase enum under transaction structure and make attr/obj structures a bit cleaner. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 02:02:42 -06:00
struct switchdev_trans *trans)
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 10:52:17 -06:00
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
dsa: use prepare/commit switchdev transaction helpers The enum is going to disappear, use the helpers instead. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 02:02:48 -06:00
if (switchdev_trans_ph_prepare(trans)) {
net: dsa: use switchdev obj for VLAN add/del ops Simplify DSA by pushing the switchdev objects for VLAN add and delete operations down to its drivers. Currently only mv88e6xxx is affected. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-11-01 10:33:55 -07:00
if (!ds->drv->port_vlan_prepare || !ds->drv->port_vlan_add)
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 10:52:17 -06:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: make the VLAN add function return void The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase, there is nothing switchdev can do about it. The DSA layer separates port_vlan_prepare and port_vlan_add for simplicity and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase, there is no need to report it outside the driver itself. Make the DSA port_vlan_add routine return void for explicitness. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 09:55:05 -06:00
return ds->drv->port_vlan_prepare(ds, p->port, vlan, trans);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 10:52:17 -06:00
}
net: dsa: make the VLAN add function return void The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase, there is nothing switchdev can do about it. The DSA layer separates port_vlan_prepare and port_vlan_add for simplicity and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase, there is no need to report it outside the driver itself. Make the DSA port_vlan_add routine return void for explicitness. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 09:55:05 -06:00
ds->drv->port_vlan_add(ds, p->port, vlan, trans);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 10:52:17 -06:00
return 0;
}
static int dsa_slave_port_vlan_del(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: rename switchdev_obj_vlan to switchdev_obj_port_vlan Make the struct name in sync with object id name. Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:43 -06:00
const struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan)
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 10:52:17 -06:00
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
if (!ds->drv->port_vlan_del)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: use switchdev obj for VLAN add/del ops Simplify DSA by pushing the switchdev objects for VLAN add and delete operations down to its drivers. Currently only mv88e6xxx is affected. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-11-01 10:33:55 -07:00
return ds->drv->port_vlan_del(ds, p->port, vlan);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 10:52:17 -06:00
}
static int dsa_slave_port_vlan_dump(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: rename switchdev_obj_vlan to switchdev_obj_port_vlan Make the struct name in sync with object id name. Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:43 -06:00
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan,
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:45 -06:00
switchdev_obj_dump_cb_t *cb)
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 10:52:17 -06:00
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
net: dsa: add port_vlan_dump routine Similar to port_fdb_dump, add a port_vlan_dump function to DSA drivers which gets passed the switchdev VLAN object and callback. This function, if implemented, takes precedence over the soon legacy vlan_getnext/port_pvid_get approach. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-23 10:13:54 -07:00
if (ds->drv->port_vlan_dump)
return ds->drv->port_vlan_dump(ds, p->port, vlan, cb);
net: dsa: drop vlan_getnext The VLAN GetNext operation is specific to some switches, and thus can be complicated to implement for some drivers. Remove the support for the vlan_getnext/port_pvid_get approach in favor of the generic and simpler port_vlan_dump function. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-23 10:13:56 -07:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 10:52:17 -06:00
}
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_port_fdb_add(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: rename switchdev_obj_fdb to switchdev_obj_port_fdb Make the struct name in sync with object id name. Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:44 -06:00
const struct switchdev_obj_port_fdb *fdb,
switchdev: move transaction phase enum under transaction structure Before it disappears completely, move transaction phase enum under transaction structure and make attr/obj structures a bit cleaner. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 02:02:42 -06:00
struct switchdev_trans *trans)
Revert "Merge branch 'mv88e6xxx-switchdev-fdb'" This reverts commit f1d5ca434413b20cd3f8c18ff2b634b7782149a5, reversing changes made to 4933d85c5173832ebd261756522095837583c458. I applied v2 instead of v3. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-11 13:00:37 -06:00
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
net: dsa: add port_fdb_prepare Push the prepare phase for FDB operations down to the DSA drivers, with a new port_fdb_prepare function. Currently only mv88e6xxx is affected. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-08 09:35:12 -06:00
net: dsa: make the FDB add function return void The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase, there is nothing switchdev can do about it. The DSA layer separates port_fdb_prepare and port_fdb_add for simplicity and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase, there is no need to report it outside the DSA driver itself. Make the DSA port_fdb_add routine return void for explicitness. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 09:55:04 -06:00
if (switchdev_trans_ph_prepare(trans)) {
if (!ds->drv->port_fdb_prepare || !ds->drv->port_fdb_add)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
Revert "Merge branch 'mv88e6xxx-switchdev-fdb'" This reverts commit f1d5ca434413b20cd3f8c18ff2b634b7782149a5, reversing changes made to 4933d85c5173832ebd261756522095837583c458. I applied v2 instead of v3. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-11 13:00:37 -06:00
net: dsa: make the FDB add function return void The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase, there is nothing switchdev can do about it. The DSA layer separates port_fdb_prepare and port_fdb_add for simplicity and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase, there is no need to report it outside the DSA driver itself. Make the DSA port_fdb_add routine return void for explicitness. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 09:55:04 -06:00
return ds->drv->port_fdb_prepare(ds, p->port, fdb, trans);
}
ds->drv->port_fdb_add(ds, p->port, fdb, trans);
Revert "Merge branch 'mv88e6xxx-switchdev-fdb'" This reverts commit f1d5ca434413b20cd3f8c18ff2b634b7782149a5, reversing changes made to 4933d85c5173832ebd261756522095837583c458. I applied v2 instead of v3. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-11 13:00:37 -06:00
net: dsa: make the FDB add function return void The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase, there is nothing switchdev can do about it. The DSA layer separates port_fdb_prepare and port_fdb_add for simplicity and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase, there is no need to report it outside the DSA driver itself. Make the DSA port_fdb_add routine return void for explicitness. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 09:55:04 -06:00
return 0;
Revert "Merge branch 'mv88e6xxx-switchdev-fdb'" This reverts commit f1d5ca434413b20cd3f8c18ff2b634b7782149a5, reversing changes made to 4933d85c5173832ebd261756522095837583c458. I applied v2 instead of v3. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-11 13:00:37 -06:00
}
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_port_fdb_del(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: rename switchdev_obj_fdb to switchdev_obj_port_fdb Make the struct name in sync with object id name. Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:44 -06:00
const struct switchdev_obj_port_fdb *fdb)
Revert "Merge branch 'mv88e6xxx-switchdev-fdb'" This reverts commit f1d5ca434413b20cd3f8c18ff2b634b7782149a5, reversing changes made to 4933d85c5173832ebd261756522095837583c458. I applied v2 instead of v3. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-11 13:00:37 -06:00
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: change FDB routines prototypes Change the prototype of port_getnext to include a vid parameter. This is necessary to introduce the support for VLAN. Also rename the fdb_{add,del,getnext} function pointers to port_fdb_{add,del,getnext} since they are specific to a given port. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:49 -06:00
if (ds->drv->port_fdb_del)
net: dsa: use switchdev obj in port_fdb_del For consistency with the FDB add operation, propagate the switchdev_obj_port_fdb structure in the DSA drivers. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-08 09:35:14 -06:00
ret = ds->drv->port_fdb_del(ds, p->port, fdb);
Revert "Merge branch 'mv88e6xxx-switchdev-fdb'" This reverts commit f1d5ca434413b20cd3f8c18ff2b634b7782149a5, reversing changes made to 4933d85c5173832ebd261756522095837583c458. I applied v2 instead of v3. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-11 13:00:37 -06:00
return ret;
}
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_port_fdb_dump(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: rename switchdev_obj_fdb to switchdev_obj_port_fdb Make the struct name in sync with object id name. Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:44 -06:00
struct switchdev_obj_port_fdb *fdb,
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:45 -06:00
switchdev_obj_dump_cb_t *cb)
Revert "Merge branch 'mv88e6xxx-switchdev-fdb'" This reverts commit f1d5ca434413b20cd3f8c18ff2b634b7782149a5, reversing changes made to 4933d85c5173832ebd261756522095837583c458. I applied v2 instead of v3. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-11 13:00:37 -06:00
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
net: dsa: add port_fdb_dump function Not all switch chips support a Get Next operation to iterate on its FDB. So add a more simple port_fdb_dump function for them. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-22 07:34:38 -06:00
if (ds->drv->port_fdb_dump)
return ds->drv->port_fdb_dump(ds, p->port, fdb, cb);
net: dsa: remove port_fdb_getnext No driver implements port_fdb_getnext anymore, and port_fdb_dump is preferred anyway, so remove this function from DSA. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-22 07:34:43 -06:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
Revert "Merge branch 'mv88e6xxx-switchdev-fdb'" This reverts commit f1d5ca434413b20cd3f8c18ff2b634b7782149a5, reversing changes made to 4933d85c5173832ebd261756522095837583c458. I applied v2 instead of v3. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-11 13:00:37 -06:00
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_ioctl(struct net_device *dev, struct ifreq *ifr, int cmd)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
if (p->phy != NULL)
net: preserve ifreq parameter when calling generic phy_mii_ioctl(). The phy_mii_ioctl() function unnecessarily throws away the original ifreq. We need access to the ifreq in order to support PHYs that can perform hardware time stamping. Two maverick drivers filter the ioctl commands passed to phy_mii_ioctl(). This is unnecessary since phylib will check the command in any case. Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richard.cochran@omicron.at> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-17 02:48:55 -06:00
return phy_mii_ioctl(p->phy, ifr, cmd);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
net: dsa: make the STP state function return void The DSA layer doesn't care about the return code of the port_stp_update routine, so make it void in the layer and the DSA drivers. Replace the useless dsa_slave_stp_update function with a dsa_slave_stp_state function used to reply to the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE attribute. In the meantime, rename port_stp_update to port_stp_state_set to explicit the state change. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 09:55:03 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_stp_state_set(struct net_device *dev,
const struct switchdev_attr *attr,
struct switchdev_trans *trans)
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
net: dsa: make the STP state function return void The DSA layer doesn't care about the return code of the port_stp_update routine, so make it void in the layer and the DSA drivers. Replace the useless dsa_slave_stp_update function with a dsa_slave_stp_state function used to reply to the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE attribute. In the meantime, rename port_stp_update to port_stp_state_set to explicit the state change. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 09:55:03 -06:00
if (switchdev_trans_ph_prepare(trans))
return ds->drv->port_stp_state_set ? 0 : -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
net: dsa: make the STP state function return void The DSA layer doesn't care about the return code of the port_stp_update routine, so make it void in the layer and the DSA drivers. Replace the useless dsa_slave_stp_update function with a dsa_slave_stp_state function used to reply to the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE attribute. In the meantime, rename port_stp_update to port_stp_state_set to explicit the state change. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 09:55:03 -06:00
ds->drv->port_stp_state_set(ds, p->port, attr->u.stp_state);
return 0;
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
}
net: dsa: support VLAN filtering switchdev attr When a user explicitly requests VLAN filtering with something like: # echo 1 > /sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering Switchdev propagates a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING port attribute. Add support for it in the DSA layer with a new port_vlan_filtering function to let drivers toggle 802.1Q filtering on user demand. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 11:16:00 -07:00
static int dsa_slave_vlan_filtering(struct net_device *dev,
const struct switchdev_attr *attr,
struct switchdev_trans *trans)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
/* bridge skips -EOPNOTSUPP, so skip the prepare phase */
if (switchdev_trans_ph_prepare(trans))
return 0;
if (ds->drv->port_vlan_filtering)
return ds->drv->port_vlan_filtering(ds, p->port,
attr->u.vlan_filtering);
return 0;
}
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 10:47:51 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_port_attr_set(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: make struct switchdev_attr parameter const for attr_set calls Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-14 11:40:49 -06:00
const struct switchdev_attr *attr,
switchdev: introduce transaction item queue for attr_set and obj_add Now, the memory allocation in prepare/commit state is done separatelly in each driver (rocker). Introduce the similar mechanism in generic switchdev code, in form of queue. That can be used not only for memory allocations, but also for different items. Abort item destruction is handled as well. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 02:02:41 -06:00
struct switchdev_trans *trans)
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 10:47:51 -06:00
{
net: dsa: fix preparation of a port STP update Because of the default 0 value of ret in dsa_slave_port_attr_set, a driver may return -EOPNOTSUPP from the commit phase of a STP state, which triggers a WARN() from switchdev. This happened on a 6185 switch which does not support hardware bridging. Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-29 10:38:36 -06:00
int ret;
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 10:47:51 -06:00
switch (attr->id) {
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_ATTR_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_* To be aligned with obj. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:42 -06:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE:
net: dsa: make the STP state function return void The DSA layer doesn't care about the return code of the port_stp_update routine, so make it void in the layer and the DSA drivers. Replace the useless dsa_slave_stp_update function with a dsa_slave_stp_state function used to reply to the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE attribute. In the meantime, rename port_stp_update to port_stp_state_set to explicit the state change. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 09:55:03 -06:00
ret = dsa_slave_stp_state_set(dev, attr, trans);
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 10:47:51 -06:00
break;
net: dsa: support VLAN filtering switchdev attr When a user explicitly requests VLAN filtering with something like: # echo 1 > /sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering Switchdev propagates a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING port attribute. Add support for it in the DSA layer with a new port_vlan_filtering function to let drivers toggle 802.1Q filtering on user demand. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 11:16:00 -07:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING:
ret = dsa_slave_vlan_filtering(dev, attr, trans);
break;
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 10:47:51 -06:00
default:
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return ret;
}
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_port_obj_add(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:45 -06:00
const struct switchdev_obj *obj,
switchdev: introduce transaction item queue for attr_set and obj_add Now, the memory allocation in prepare/commit state is done separatelly in each driver (rocker). Introduce the similar mechanism in generic switchdev code, in form of queue. That can be used not only for memory allocations, but also for different items. Abort item destruction is handled as well. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 02:02:41 -06:00
struct switchdev_trans *trans)
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
{
int err;
/* For the prepare phase, ensure the full set of changes is feasable in
* one go in order to signal a failure properly. If an operation is not
* supported, return -EOPNOTSUPP.
*/
switchdev: push object ID back to object structure Suggested-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:46 -06:00
switch (obj->id) {
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_OBJ_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_* Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:41 -06:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_FDB:
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:45 -06:00
err = dsa_slave_port_fdb_add(dev,
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB(obj),
trans);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
break;
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_OBJ_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_* Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:41 -06:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:45 -06:00
err = dsa_slave_port_vlan_add(dev,
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj),
trans);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 10:52:17 -06:00
break;
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
default:
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return err;
}
static int dsa_slave_port_obj_del(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:45 -06:00
const struct switchdev_obj *obj)
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
{
int err;
switchdev: push object ID back to object structure Suggested-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:46 -06:00
switch (obj->id) {
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_OBJ_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_* Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:41 -06:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_FDB:
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:45 -06:00
err = dsa_slave_port_fdb_del(dev,
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB(obj));
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
break;
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_OBJ_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_* Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:41 -06:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:45 -06:00
err = dsa_slave_port_vlan_del(dev,
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj));
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 10:52:17 -06:00
break;
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
default:
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return err;
}
static int dsa_slave_port_obj_dump(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:45 -06:00
struct switchdev_obj *obj,
switchdev_obj_dump_cb_t *cb)
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
{
int err;
switchdev: push object ID back to object structure Suggested-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:46 -06:00
switch (obj->id) {
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_OBJ_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_* Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:41 -06:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_FDB:
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:45 -06:00
err = dsa_slave_port_fdb_dump(dev,
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB(obj),
cb);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
break;
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_OBJ_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_* Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:41 -06:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:45 -06:00
err = dsa_slave_port_vlan_dump(dev,
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj),
cb);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 10:52:17 -06:00
break;
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
default:
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return err;
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
static int dsa_slave_bridge_port_join(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *br)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
p->bridge_dev = br;
net: dsa: rename port_*_bridge routines Rename DSA port_join_bridge and port_leave_bridge routines to respectively port_bridge_join and port_bridge_leave in order to respect an implicit Port::Bridge namespace. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 14:21:32 -06:00
if (ds->drv->port_bridge_join)
ret = ds->drv->port_bridge_join(ds, p->port, br);
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 14:21:34 -06:00
return ret == -EOPNOTSUPP ? 0 : ret;
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
}
net: dsa: make port_bridge_leave return void netdev_upper_dev_unlink() which notifies NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, returns void, as well as del_nbp(). So there's no advantage to catch an eventual error from the port_bridge_leave routine at the DSA level. Make this routine void for the DSA layer and its existing drivers. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 14:21:33 -06:00
static void dsa_slave_bridge_port_leave(struct net_device *dev)
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
net: dsa: rename port_*_bridge routines Rename DSA port_join_bridge and port_leave_bridge routines to respectively port_bridge_join and port_bridge_leave in order to respect an implicit Port::Bridge namespace. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 14:21:32 -06:00
if (ds->drv->port_bridge_leave)
net: dsa: make port_bridge_leave return void netdev_upper_dev_unlink() which notifies NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, returns void, as well as del_nbp(). So there's no advantage to catch an eventual error from the port_bridge_leave routine at the DSA level. Make this routine void for the DSA layer and its existing drivers. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 14:21:33 -06:00
ds->drv->port_bridge_leave(ds, p->port);
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
p->bridge_dev = NULL;
/* Port left the bridge, put in BR_STATE_DISABLED by the bridge layer,
* so allow it to be in BR_STATE_FORWARDING to be kept functional
*/
net: dsa: make the STP state function return void The DSA layer doesn't care about the return code of the port_stp_update routine, so make it void in the layer and the DSA drivers. Replace the useless dsa_slave_stp_update function with a dsa_slave_stp_state function used to reply to the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE attribute. In the meantime, rename port_stp_update to port_stp_state_set to explicit the state change. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 09:55:03 -06:00
if (ds->drv->port_stp_state_set)
ds->drv->port_stp_state_set(ds, p->port, BR_STATE_FORWARDING);
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
}
switchdev: convert parent_id_get to switchdev attr get Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr. Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 10:47:49 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_port_attr_get(struct net_device *dev,
struct switchdev_attr *attr)
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
switchdev: convert parent_id_get to switchdev attr get Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr. Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 10:47:49 -06:00
switch (attr->id) {
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_ATTR_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_* To be aligned with obj. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 03:03:42 -06:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID:
switchdev: don't use anonymous union on switchdev attr/obj structs Older gcc versions (e.g. gcc version 4.4.6) don't like anonymous unions which was causing build issues on the newly added switchdev attr/obj structs. Fix this by using named union on structs. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 12:16:50 -06:00
attr->u.ppid.id_len = sizeof(ds->index);
memcpy(&attr->u.ppid.id, &ds->index, attr->u.ppid.id_len);
switchdev: convert parent_id_get to switchdev attr get Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr. Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 10:47:49 -06:00
break;
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
return 0;
}
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 12:42:57 -06:00
static inline netdev_tx_t dsa_netpoll_send_skb(struct dsa_slave_priv *p,
struct sk_buff *skb)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
if (p->netpoll)
netpoll_send_skb(p->netpoll, skb);
#else
BUG();
#endif
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
}
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:46 -06:00
static netdev_tx_t dsa_slave_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 12:42:56 -06:00
struct sk_buff *nskb;
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:46 -06:00
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 12:42:56 -06:00
dev->stats.tx_packets++;
dev->stats.tx_bytes += skb->len;
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:46 -06:00
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 12:42:56 -06:00
/* Transmit function may have to reallocate the original SKB */
nskb = p->xmit(skb, dev);
if (!nskb)
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
net: dsa: allow switches to work without tagging In case switch port tagging is disabled (voluntarily, or the switch just does not support it), allow us to continue using the defined set of dsa_device_ops in net/dsa/slave.c. We introduce dsa_protocol_is_tagged() to check whether we need to override skb->protocol and go through the DSA-specifif packet_type function, or if we just go on and receive the SKB through the normal path. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:52 -06:00
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 12:42:57 -06:00
/* SKB for netpoll still need to be mangled with the protocol-specific
* tag to be successfully transmitted
*/
if (unlikely(netpoll_tx_running(dev)))
return dsa_netpoll_send_skb(p, nskb);
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 12:42:56 -06:00
/* Queue the SKB for transmission on the parent interface, but
* do not modify its EtherType
*/
nskb->dev = p->parent->dst->master_netdev;
dev_queue_xmit(nskb);
net: dsa: allow switches to work without tagging In case switch port tagging is disabled (voluntarily, or the switch just does not support it), allow us to continue using the defined set of dsa_device_ops in net/dsa/slave.c. We introduce dsa_protocol_is_tagged() to check whether we need to override skb->protocol and go through the DSA-specifif packet_type function, or if we just go on and receive the SKB through the normal path. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:52 -06:00
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
}
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 12:42:56 -06:00
static struct sk_buff *dsa_slave_notag_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct net_device *dev)
{
/* Just return the original SKB */
return skb;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
/* ethtool operations *******************************************************/
static int
dsa_slave_get_settings(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_cmd *cmd)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
int err;
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (p->phy != NULL) {
err = phy_read_status(p->phy);
if (err == 0)
err = phy_ethtool_gset(p->phy, cmd);
}
return err;
}
static int
dsa_slave_set_settings(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_cmd *cmd)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
if (p->phy != NULL)
return phy_ethtool_sset(p->phy, cmd);
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static void dsa_slave_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_drvinfo *drvinfo)
{
ethtool: fix drvinfo strings set in drivers Use strlcpy where possible to ensure the string is \0 terminated. Use always sizeof(string) instead of 32, ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN and custom defines. Use snprintf instead of sprint. Remove unnecessary inits of ->fw_version Remove unnecessary inits of drvinfo struct. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-05 17:44:26 -07:00
strlcpy(drvinfo->driver, "dsa", sizeof(drvinfo->driver));
strlcpy(drvinfo->version, dsa_driver_version, sizeof(drvinfo->version));
strlcpy(drvinfo->fw_version, "N/A", sizeof(drvinfo->fw_version));
strlcpy(drvinfo->bus_info, "platform", sizeof(drvinfo->bus_info));
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
}
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 11:45:04 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_get_regs_len(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
if (ds->drv->get_regs_len)
return ds->drv->get_regs_len(ds, p->port);
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static void
dsa_slave_get_regs(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_regs *regs, void *_p)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
if (ds->drv->get_regs)
ds->drv->get_regs(ds, p->port, regs, _p);
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_nway_reset(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
if (p->phy != NULL)
return genphy_restart_aneg(p->phy);
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static u32 dsa_slave_get_link(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
if (p->phy != NULL) {
genphy_update_link(p->phy);
return p->phy->link;
}
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 11:45:01 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_get_eeprom_len(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
if (ds->pd->eeprom_len)
return ds->pd->eeprom_len;
if (ds->drv->get_eeprom_len)
return ds->drv->get_eeprom_len(ds);
return 0;
}
static int dsa_slave_get_eeprom(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_eeprom *eeprom, u8 *data)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
if (ds->drv->get_eeprom)
return ds->drv->get_eeprom(ds, eeprom, data);
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static int dsa_slave_set_eeprom(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_eeprom *eeprom, u8 *data)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
if (ds->drv->set_eeprom)
return ds->drv->set_eeprom(ds, eeprom, data);
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
static void dsa_slave_get_strings(struct net_device *dev,
uint32_t stringset, uint8_t *data)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
if (stringset == ETH_SS_STATS) {
int len = ETH_GSTRING_LEN;
strncpy(data, "tx_packets", len);
strncpy(data + len, "tx_bytes", len);
strncpy(data + 2 * len, "rx_packets", len);
strncpy(data + 3 * len, "rx_bytes", len);
if (ds->drv->get_strings != NULL)
ds->drv->get_strings(ds, p->port, data + 4 * len);
}
}
net: dsa: Provide CPU port statistics to master netdev This patch overloads the DSA master netdev, aka CPU Ethernet MAC to also include switch-side statistics, which is useful for debugging purposes, when the switch is not properly connected to the Ethernet MAC (duplex mismatch, (RG)MII electrical issues etc.). We accomplish this by retaining the original copy of the master netdev's ethtool_ops, and just overload the 3 operations we care about: get_sset_count, get_strings and get_ethtool_stats so as to intercept these calls and call into the original master_netdev ethtool_ops, plus our own. We take this approach as opposed to providing a set of DSA helper functions that would retrive the CPU port's statistics, because the entire purpose of DSA is to allow unmodified Ethernet MAC drivers to be used as CPU conduit interfaces, therefore, statistics overlay in such drivers would simply not scale. The new ethtool -S <iface> output would therefore look like this now: <iface> statistics p<2 digits cpu port number>_<switch MIB counter names> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 12:45:14 -06:00
static void dsa_cpu_port_get_ethtool_stats(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_stats *stats,
uint64_t *data)
{
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst = dev->dsa_ptr;
struct dsa_switch *ds = dst->ds[0];
s8 cpu_port = dst->cpu_port;
int count = 0;
if (dst->master_ethtool_ops.get_sset_count) {
count = dst->master_ethtool_ops.get_sset_count(dev,
ETH_SS_STATS);
dst->master_ethtool_ops.get_ethtool_stats(dev, stats, data);
}
if (ds->drv->get_ethtool_stats)
ds->drv->get_ethtool_stats(ds, cpu_port, data + count);
}
static int dsa_cpu_port_get_sset_count(struct net_device *dev, int sset)
{
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst = dev->dsa_ptr;
struct dsa_switch *ds = dst->ds[0];
int count = 0;
if (dst->master_ethtool_ops.get_sset_count)
count += dst->master_ethtool_ops.get_sset_count(dev, sset);
if (sset == ETH_SS_STATS && ds->drv->get_sset_count)
count += ds->drv->get_sset_count(ds);
return count;
}
static void dsa_cpu_port_get_strings(struct net_device *dev,
uint32_t stringset, uint8_t *data)
{
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst = dev->dsa_ptr;
struct dsa_switch *ds = dst->ds[0];
s8 cpu_port = dst->cpu_port;
int len = ETH_GSTRING_LEN;
int mcount = 0, count;
unsigned int i;
uint8_t pfx[4];
uint8_t *ndata;
snprintf(pfx, sizeof(pfx), "p%.2d", cpu_port);
/* We do not want to be NULL-terminated, since this is a prefix */
pfx[sizeof(pfx) - 1] = '_';
if (dst->master_ethtool_ops.get_sset_count) {
mcount = dst->master_ethtool_ops.get_sset_count(dev,
ETH_SS_STATS);
dst->master_ethtool_ops.get_strings(dev, stringset, data);
}
if (stringset == ETH_SS_STATS && ds->drv->get_strings) {
ndata = data + mcount * len;
/* This function copies ETH_GSTRINGS_LEN bytes, we will mangle
* the output after to prepend our CPU port prefix we
* constructed earlier
*/
ds->drv->get_strings(ds, cpu_port, ndata);
count = ds->drv->get_sset_count(ds);
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
memmove(ndata + (i * len + sizeof(pfx)),
ndata + i * len, len - sizeof(pfx));
memcpy(ndata + i * len, pfx, sizeof(pfx));
}
}
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
static void dsa_slave_get_ethtool_stats(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_stats *stats,
uint64_t *data)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
net: dsa: kill circular reference with slave priv The dsa_slave_priv structure does not need a pointer to its net_device. Kill it. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-18 14:10:24 -06:00
data[0] = dev->stats.tx_packets;
data[1] = dev->stats.tx_bytes;
data[2] = dev->stats.rx_packets;
data[3] = dev->stats.rx_bytes;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
if (ds->drv->get_ethtool_stats != NULL)
ds->drv->get_ethtool_stats(ds, p->port, data + 4);
}
static int dsa_slave_get_sset_count(struct net_device *dev, int sset)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
if (sset == ETH_SS_STATS) {
int count;
count = 4;
if (ds->drv->get_sset_count != NULL)
count += ds->drv->get_sset_count(ds);
return count;
}
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-18 18:31:24 -06:00
static void dsa_slave_get_wol(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_wolinfo *w)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
if (ds->drv->get_wol)
ds->drv->get_wol(ds, p->port, w);
}
static int dsa_slave_set_wol(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_wolinfo *w)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (ds->drv->set_wol)
ret = ds->drv->set_wol(ds, p->port, w);
return ret;
}
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-24 18:05:21 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_set_eee(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_eee *e)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
int ret;
if (!ds->drv->set_eee)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ret = ds->drv->set_eee(ds, p->port, p->phy, e);
if (ret)
return ret;
if (p->phy)
ret = phy_ethtool_set_eee(p->phy, e);
return ret;
}
static int dsa_slave_get_eee(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_eee *e)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
int ret;
if (!ds->drv->get_eee)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ret = ds->drv->get_eee(ds, p->port, e);
if (ret)
return ret;
if (p->phy)
ret = phy_ethtool_get_eee(p->phy, e);
return ret;
}
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 12:42:57 -06:00
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
static int dsa_slave_netpoll_setup(struct net_device *dev,
struct netpoll_info *ni)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
struct net_device *master = ds->dst->master_netdev;
struct netpoll *netpoll;
int err = 0;
netpoll = kzalloc(sizeof(*netpoll), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!netpoll)
return -ENOMEM;
err = __netpoll_setup(netpoll, master);
if (err) {
kfree(netpoll);
goto out;
}
p->netpoll = netpoll;
out:
return err;
}
static void dsa_slave_netpoll_cleanup(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct netpoll *netpoll = p->netpoll;
if (!netpoll)
return;
p->netpoll = NULL;
__netpoll_free_async(netpoll);
}
static void dsa_slave_poll_controller(struct net_device *dev)
{
}
#endif
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
static const struct ethtool_ops dsa_slave_ethtool_ops = {
.get_settings = dsa_slave_get_settings,
.set_settings = dsa_slave_set_settings,
.get_drvinfo = dsa_slave_get_drvinfo,
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 11:45:04 -06:00
.get_regs_len = dsa_slave_get_regs_len,
.get_regs = dsa_slave_get_regs,
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
.nway_reset = dsa_slave_nway_reset,
.get_link = dsa_slave_get_link,
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 11:45:01 -06:00
.get_eeprom_len = dsa_slave_get_eeprom_len,
.get_eeprom = dsa_slave_get_eeprom,
.set_eeprom = dsa_slave_set_eeprom,
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
.get_strings = dsa_slave_get_strings,
.get_ethtool_stats = dsa_slave_get_ethtool_stats,
.get_sset_count = dsa_slave_get_sset_count,
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-18 18:31:24 -06:00
.set_wol = dsa_slave_set_wol,
.get_wol = dsa_slave_get_wol,
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-24 18:05:21 -06:00
.set_eee = dsa_slave_set_eee,
.get_eee = dsa_slave_get_eee,
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
};
net: dsa: Provide CPU port statistics to master netdev This patch overloads the DSA master netdev, aka CPU Ethernet MAC to also include switch-side statistics, which is useful for debugging purposes, when the switch is not properly connected to the Ethernet MAC (duplex mismatch, (RG)MII electrical issues etc.). We accomplish this by retaining the original copy of the master netdev's ethtool_ops, and just overload the 3 operations we care about: get_sset_count, get_strings and get_ethtool_stats so as to intercept these calls and call into the original master_netdev ethtool_ops, plus our own. We take this approach as opposed to providing a set of DSA helper functions that would retrive the CPU port's statistics, because the entire purpose of DSA is to allow unmodified Ethernet MAC drivers to be used as CPU conduit interfaces, therefore, statistics overlay in such drivers would simply not scale. The new ethtool -S <iface> output would therefore look like this now: <iface> statistics p<2 digits cpu port number>_<switch MIB counter names> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 12:45:14 -06:00
static struct ethtool_ops dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_ops;
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:46 -06:00
static const struct net_device_ops dsa_slave_netdev_ops = {
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-06 17:45:26 -07:00
.ndo_open = dsa_slave_open,
.ndo_stop = dsa_slave_close,
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:46 -06:00
.ndo_start_xmit = dsa_slave_xmit,
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-06 17:45:26 -07:00
.ndo_change_rx_flags = dsa_slave_change_rx_flags,
.ndo_set_rx_mode = dsa_slave_set_rx_mode,
.ndo_set_mac_address = dsa_slave_set_mac_address,
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
.ndo_fdb_add = switchdev_port_fdb_add,
.ndo_fdb_del = switchdev_port_fdb_del,
.ndo_fdb_dump = switchdev_port_fdb_dump,
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-06 17:45:26 -07:00
.ndo_do_ioctl = dsa_slave_ioctl,
dsa: implement ndo_get_iflink Don't use dev->iflink anymore. CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-02 09:07:08 -06:00
.ndo_get_iflink = dsa_slave_get_iflink,
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 12:42:57 -06:00
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
.ndo_netpoll_setup = dsa_slave_netpoll_setup,
.ndo_netpoll_cleanup = dsa_slave_netpoll_cleanup,
.ndo_poll_controller = dsa_slave_poll_controller,
#endif
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 10:52:17 -06:00
.ndo_bridge_getlink = switchdev_port_bridge_getlink,
.ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink,
.ndo_bridge_dellink = switchdev_port_bridge_dellink,
switchdev: use new swdev ops Move swdev wrappers over to new swdev ops (from previous ndo ops). No functional changes to the implementation. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> rocker: move to new swdev ops Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> dsa: move to new swdev ops Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-15 22:07:15 -06:00
};
switchdev: s/swdev_/switchdev_/ Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use this prefix. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 10:47:47 -06:00
static const struct switchdev_ops dsa_slave_switchdev_ops = {
switchdev: convert parent_id_get to switchdev attr get Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr. Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 10:47:49 -06:00
.switchdev_port_attr_get = dsa_slave_port_attr_get,
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 10:47:51 -06:00
.switchdev_port_attr_set = dsa_slave_port_attr_set,
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 07:09:53 -06:00
.switchdev_port_obj_add = dsa_slave_port_obj_add,
.switchdev_port_obj_del = dsa_slave_port_obj_del,
.switchdev_port_obj_dump = dsa_slave_port_obj_dump,
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-06 17:45:26 -07:00
};
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
net: dsa: Set a "dsa" device_type Provide a device_type information for slave network devices created by DSA, this is useful for user-space application to easily locate/search for devices of a specific kind. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-23 19:19:58 -06:00
static struct device_type dsa_type = {
.name = "dsa",
};
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
static void dsa_slave_adjust_link(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment Whenever libphy determines that the link status of a given PHY/port has changed, allow to call into the switch driver link adjustment callback so proper actions can be taken care of by the switch driver upon link notification. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:53 -06:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
unsigned int status_changed = 0;
if (p->old_link != p->phy->link) {
status_changed = 1;
p->old_link = p->phy->link;
}
if (p->old_duplex != p->phy->duplex) {
status_changed = 1;
p->old_duplex = p->phy->duplex;
}
if (p->old_pause != p->phy->pause) {
status_changed = 1;
p->old_pause = p->phy->pause;
}
net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment Whenever libphy determines that the link status of a given PHY/port has changed, allow to call into the switch driver link adjustment callback so proper actions can be taken care of by the switch driver upon link notification. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:53 -06:00
if (ds->drv->adjust_link && status_changed)
ds->drv->adjust_link(ds, p->port, p->phy);
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
if (status_changed)
phy_print_status(p->phy);
}
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:54 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_fixed_link_update(struct net_device *dev,
struct fixed_phy_status *status)
{
dsa: slave: Don't reference NULL pointer during phy_disconnect When the phy is disconnected, the parent pointer to the netdev it was attached to is set to NULL. The code then tries to suspend the phy, but dsa_slave_fixed_link_update needs the parent pointer to determine which switch the phy is connected to. So it dereferenced a NULL pointer. Check for this condition. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-11 16:01:37 -07:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p;
struct dsa_switch *ds;
if (dev) {
p = netdev_priv(dev);
ds = p->parent;
if (ds->drv->fixed_link_update)
ds->drv->fixed_link_update(ds, p->port, status);
}
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:54 -06:00
return 0;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
/* slave device setup *******************************************************/
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 17:57:12 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_phy_connect(struct dsa_slave_priv *p,
net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII bus in order for this to happen. Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would not go through these diverted reads and writes. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b88 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 17:57:13 -06:00
struct net_device *slave_dev,
int addr)
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 17:57:12 -06:00
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
phy: Add API for {un}registering an mdio device to a bus. Rather than have drivers directly manipulate the mii_bus structure, provide and API for registering and unregistering devices on an MDIO bus, and performing lookups. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 12:11:18 -07:00
p->phy = mdiobus_get_phy(ds->slave_mii_bus, addr);
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 11:09:07 -06:00
if (!p->phy) {
netdev_err(slave_dev, "no phy at %d\n", addr);
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 17:57:12 -06:00
return -ENODEV;
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 11:09:07 -06:00
}
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 17:57:12 -06:00
/* Use already configured phy mode */
net: dsa: Do not override PHY interface if already configured In case we need to divert reads/writes using the slave MII bus, we may have already fetched a valid PHY interface property from Device Tree, and that mode is used by the PHY driver to make configuration decisions. If we could not fetch the "phy-mode" property, we will assign p->phy_interface to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA, such that we can actually check for that condition as to whether or not we should override the interface value. Fixes: 19334920eaf7 ("net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-08 13:58:57 -06:00
if (p->phy_interface == PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA)
p->phy_interface = p->phy->interface;
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 17:57:12 -06:00
phy_connect_direct(slave_dev, p->phy, dsa_slave_adjust_link,
p->phy_interface);
return 0;
}
net: dsa: propagate error code from dsa_slave_phy_setup In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create(). Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-11 13:49:16 -07:00
static int dsa_slave_phy_setup(struct dsa_slave_priv *p,
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->parent;
struct dsa_chip_data *cd = ds->pd;
struct device_node *phy_dn, *port_dn;
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:54 -06:00
bool phy_is_fixed = false;
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to specify phy_device::dev_flags Some switch drivers (e.g: bcm_sf2) may have to communicate specific workarounds or flags towards the PHY device driver. Allow switches driver to be delegated that task by introducing a get_phy_flags() callback which will do just that. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 14:07:54 -06:00
u32 phy_flags = 0;
net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type If the phy interface mode is not found in devicetree, or if devicetree is not configured, of_get_phy_mode returns -ENODEV. The current code sets the phy interface mode to the return value from of_get_phy_mode without checking if it is valid. This invalid phy interface mode is passed as parameter to of_phy_connect or to phy_connect_direct. This sets the phy interface mode to the invalid value, which in turn causes problems for any code using phydev->interface. Fixes: b31f65fb4383 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus") Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-16 22:23:51 -07:00
int mode, ret;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
port_dn = cd->port_dn[p->port];
net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type If the phy interface mode is not found in devicetree, or if devicetree is not configured, of_get_phy_mode returns -ENODEV. The current code sets the phy interface mode to the return value from of_get_phy_mode without checking if it is valid. This invalid phy interface mode is passed as parameter to of_phy_connect or to phy_connect_direct. This sets the phy interface mode to the invalid value, which in turn causes problems for any code using phydev->interface. Fixes: b31f65fb4383 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus") Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-16 22:23:51 -07:00
mode = of_get_phy_mode(port_dn);
if (mode < 0)
mode = PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA;
p->phy_interface = mode;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
phy_dn = of_parse_phandle(port_dn, "phy-handle", 0);
if (of_phy_is_fixed_link(port_dn)) {
/* In the case of a fixed PHY, the DT node associated
* to the fixed PHY is the Port DT node
*/
ret = of_phy_register_fixed_link(port_dn);
if (ret) {
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 11:09:07 -06:00
netdev_err(slave_dev, "failed to register fixed PHY: %d\n", ret);
net: dsa: propagate error code from dsa_slave_phy_setup In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create(). Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-11 13:49:16 -07:00
return ret;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
}
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:54 -06:00
phy_is_fixed = true;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
phy_dn = port_dn;
}
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to specify phy_device::dev_flags Some switch drivers (e.g: bcm_sf2) may have to communicate specific workarounds or flags towards the PHY device driver. Allow switches driver to be delegated that task by introducing a get_phy_flags() callback which will do just that. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 14:07:54 -06:00
if (ds->drv->get_phy_flags)
phy_flags = ds->drv->get_phy_flags(ds, p->port);
net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII bus in order for this to happen. Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would not go through these diverted reads and writes. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b88 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 17:57:13 -06:00
if (phy_dn) {
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 11:09:07 -06:00
int phy_id = of_mdio_parse_addr(&slave_dev->dev, phy_dn);
net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII bus in order for this to happen. Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would not go through these diverted reads and writes. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b88 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 17:57:13 -06:00
/* If this PHY address is part of phys_mii_mask, which means
* that we need to divert reads and writes to/from it, then we
* want to bind this device using the slave MII bus created by
* DSA to make that happen.
*/
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 11:09:07 -06:00
if (!phy_is_fixed && phy_id >= 0 &&
(ds->phys_mii_mask & (1 << phy_id))) {
ret = dsa_slave_phy_connect(p, slave_dev, phy_id);
if (ret) {
netdev_err(slave_dev, "failed to connect to phy%d: %d\n", phy_id, ret);
net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII bus in order for this to happen. Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would not go through these diverted reads and writes. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b88 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 17:57:13 -06:00
return ret;
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 11:09:07 -06:00
}
net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII bus in order for this to happen. Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would not go through these diverted reads and writes. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b88 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 17:57:13 -06:00
} else {
p->phy = of_phy_connect(slave_dev, phy_dn,
dsa_slave_adjust_link,
phy_flags,
p->phy_interface);
}
}
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:54 -06:00
if (p->phy && phy_is_fixed)
fixed_phy_set_link_update(p->phy, dsa_slave_fixed_link_update);
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
/* We could not connect to a designated PHY, so use the switch internal
* MDIO bus instead
*/
net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus When the ports phys are connected to the switches internal MDIO bus, we need to connect the phy to the slave netdev, otherwise auto-negotiation etc, does not work. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-05 11:47:28 -07:00
if (!p->phy) {
net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII bus in order for this to happen. Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would not go through these diverted reads and writes. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b88 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 17:57:13 -06:00
ret = dsa_slave_phy_connect(p, slave_dev, p->port);
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 11:09:07 -06:00
if (ret) {
netdev_err(slave_dev, "failed to connect to port %d: %d\n", p->port, ret);
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 17:57:12 -06:00
return ret;
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 11:09:07 -06:00
}
net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus When the ports phys are connected to the switches internal MDIO bus, we need to connect the phy to the slave netdev, otherwise auto-negotiation etc, does not work. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-05 11:47:28 -07:00
}
net: dsa: propagate error code from dsa_slave_phy_setup In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create(). Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-11 13:49:16 -07:00
phy: Centralise print about attached phy Many Ethernet drivers contain the same netdev_info() print statement about the attached phy. Move it into the phy device code. Additionally add a varargs function which can be used to append additional information. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 12:11:13 -07:00
phy_attached_info(p->phy);
net: dsa: propagate error code from dsa_slave_phy_setup In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create(). Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-11 13:49:16 -07:00
return 0;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
}
net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat DSA stacks an Ethernet device on top of an Ethernet device. This can cause false positive lockdep splats for the transmit queue: Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> ============================================= [ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ] 4.0.0-rc7-01838-g70621a215fc7 #386 Not tainted --------------------------------------------- kworker/0:0/4 is trying to acquire lock: (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c040e95c>] sch_direct_xmit+0xa8/0x1fc but task is already holding lock: (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c03f4208>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x4d4/0x56c other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(_xmit_ETHER#2); lock(_xmit_ETHER#2); To avoid this, walk the tq queues of the dsa slaves and set a lockdep class. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-05 17:09:56 -06:00
static struct lock_class_key dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key;
static void dsa_slave_set_lockdep_class_one(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_queue *txq,
void *_unused)
{
lockdep_set_class(&txq->_xmit_lock,
&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key);
}
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the following split: - suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY devices - suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-18 18:31:22 -06:00
int dsa_slave_suspend(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
if (p->phy) {
phy_stop(p->phy);
p->old_pause = -1;
p->old_link = -1;
p->old_duplex = -1;
phy_suspend(p->phy);
}
return 0;
}
int dsa_slave_resume(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
netif_device_attach(slave_dev);
if (p->phy) {
phy_resume(p->phy);
phy_start(p->phy);
}
return 0;
}
net: dsa: Ensure that port array elements are initialized before being used A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized. Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:32 -07:00
int dsa_slave_create(struct dsa_switch *ds, struct device *parent,
int port, char *name)
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
{
dsa: add switch chip cascading support The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support for multiple switch chips on a network interface. An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as follows: +-----+ +--------+ +--------+ | |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch | | CPU +----------+ +-------+ | | | | chip 0 | | chip 1 | +-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+ || || || || ||1000baseT ||1000baseT ||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16 This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer: - The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm) - The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit according to which switch chip the packet is heading to. (net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c) - The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU (port 10 for both switch chips in the example above). - The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given port in the port array. - The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip. This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[] array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches in the tree. For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look something like this: static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = { { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 1, .port_names[0] = "p1", .port_names[1] = "p2", .port_names[2] = "p3", .port_names[3] = "p4", .port_names[4] = "p5", .port_names[5] = "p6", .port_names[6] = "p7", .port_names[7] = "p8", .port_names[9] = "dsa", .port_names[10] = "cpu", .rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, }, }, { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 2, .port_names[0] = "p9", .port_names[1] = "p10", .port_names[2] = "p11", .port_names[3] = "p12", .port_names[4] = "p13", .port_names[5] = "p14", .port_names[6] = "p15", .port_names[7] = "p16", .port_names[10] = "dsa", .rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, }, }, }, static struct dsa_platform_data pd = { .netdev = &foo, .nr_switches = 2, .sw = sw, }; Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 03:52:09 -06:00
struct net_device *master = ds->dst->master_netdev;
net: dsa: Provide CPU port statistics to master netdev This patch overloads the DSA master netdev, aka CPU Ethernet MAC to also include switch-side statistics, which is useful for debugging purposes, when the switch is not properly connected to the Ethernet MAC (duplex mismatch, (RG)MII electrical issues etc.). We accomplish this by retaining the original copy of the master netdev's ethtool_ops, and just overload the 3 operations we care about: get_sset_count, get_strings and get_ethtool_stats so as to intercept these calls and call into the original master_netdev ethtool_ops, plus our own. We take this approach as opposed to providing a set of DSA helper functions that would retrive the CPU port's statistics, because the entire purpose of DSA is to allow unmodified Ethernet MAC drivers to be used as CPU conduit interfaces, therefore, statistics overlay in such drivers would simply not scale. The new ethtool -S <iface> output would therefore look like this now: <iface> statistics p<2 digits cpu port number>_<switch MIB counter names> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 12:45:14 -06:00
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst = ds->dst;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
struct net_device *slave_dev;
struct dsa_slave_priv *p;
int ret;
net: set name_assign_type in alloc_netdev() Extend alloc_netdev{,_mq{,s}}() to take name_assign_type as argument, and convert all users to pass NET_NAME_UNKNOWN. Coccinelle patch: @@ expression sizeof_priv, name, setup, txqs, rxqs, count; @@ ( -alloc_netdev_mqs(sizeof_priv, name, setup, txqs, rxqs) +alloc_netdev_mqs(sizeof_priv, name, NET_NAME_UNKNOWN, setup, txqs, rxqs) | -alloc_netdev_mq(sizeof_priv, name, setup, count) +alloc_netdev_mq(sizeof_priv, name, NET_NAME_UNKNOWN, setup, count) | -alloc_netdev(sizeof_priv, name, setup) +alloc_netdev(sizeof_priv, name, NET_NAME_UNKNOWN, setup) ) v9: move comments here from the wrong commit Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no> Reviewed-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-07-14 08:37:24 -06:00
slave_dev = alloc_netdev(sizeof(struct dsa_slave_priv), name,
NET_NAME_UNKNOWN, ether_setup);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
if (slave_dev == NULL)
net: dsa: Ensure that port array elements are initialized before being used A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized. Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:32 -07:00
return -ENOMEM;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
slave_dev->features = master->vlan_features;
net: get rid of SET_ETHTOOL_OPS net: get rid of SET_ETHTOOL_OPS Dave Miller mentioned he'd like to see SET_ETHTOOL_OPS gone. This does that. Mostly done via coccinelle script: @@ struct ethtool_ops *ops; struct net_device *dev; @@ - SET_ETHTOOL_OPS(dev, ops); + dev->ethtool_ops = ops; Compile tested only, but I'd seriously wonder if this broke anything. Suggested-by: Dave Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: Wilfried Klaebe <w-lkml@lebenslange-mailadresse.de> Acked-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-05-10 18:12:32 -06:00
slave_dev->ethtool_ops = &dsa_slave_ethtool_ops;
net: dsa: Provide CPU port statistics to master netdev This patch overloads the DSA master netdev, aka CPU Ethernet MAC to also include switch-side statistics, which is useful for debugging purposes, when the switch is not properly connected to the Ethernet MAC (duplex mismatch, (RG)MII electrical issues etc.). We accomplish this by retaining the original copy of the master netdev's ethtool_ops, and just overload the 3 operations we care about: get_sset_count, get_strings and get_ethtool_stats so as to intercept these calls and call into the original master_netdev ethtool_ops, plus our own. We take this approach as opposed to providing a set of DSA helper functions that would retrive the CPU port's statistics, because the entire purpose of DSA is to allow unmodified Ethernet MAC drivers to be used as CPU conduit interfaces, therefore, statistics overlay in such drivers would simply not scale. The new ethtool -S <iface> output would therefore look like this now: <iface> statistics p<2 digits cpu port number>_<switch MIB counter names> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 12:45:14 -06:00
if (master->ethtool_ops != &dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_ops) {
memcpy(&dst->master_ethtool_ops, master->ethtool_ops,
sizeof(struct ethtool_ops));
memcpy(&dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_ops, &dst->master_ethtool_ops,
sizeof(struct ethtool_ops));
dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_ops.get_sset_count =
dsa_cpu_port_get_sset_count;
dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_ops.get_ethtool_stats =
dsa_cpu_port_get_ethtool_stats;
dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_ops.get_strings =
dsa_cpu_port_get_strings;
master->ethtool_ops = &dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_ops;
}
net: dsa: inherit addr_assign_type along with dev_addr A device inheriting a random or set address should reflect this in its addr_assign_type. Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-30 10:08:46 -06:00
eth_hw_addr_inherit(slave_dev, master);
net: dsa: convert to using IFF_NO_QUEUE Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc> Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-18 02:30:41 -06:00
slave_dev->priv_flags |= IFF_NO_QUEUE;
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:46 -06:00
slave_dev->netdev_ops = &dsa_slave_netdev_ops;
switchdev: s/swdev_/switchdev_/ Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use this prefix. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 10:47:47 -06:00
slave_dev->switchdev_ops = &dsa_slave_switchdev_ops;
net: dsa: Set a "dsa" device_type Provide a device_type information for slave network devices created by DSA, this is useful for user-space application to easily locate/search for devices of a specific kind. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-23 19:19:58 -06:00
SET_NETDEV_DEVTYPE(slave_dev, &dsa_type);
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-06 17:45:26 -07:00
net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat DSA stacks an Ethernet device on top of an Ethernet device. This can cause false positive lockdep splats for the transmit queue: Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> ============================================= [ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ] 4.0.0-rc7-01838-g70621a215fc7 #386 Not tainted --------------------------------------------- kworker/0:0/4 is trying to acquire lock: (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c040e95c>] sch_direct_xmit+0xa8/0x1fc but task is already holding lock: (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c03f4208>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x4d4/0x56c other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(_xmit_ETHER#2); lock(_xmit_ETHER#2); To avoid this, walk the tq queues of the dsa slaves and set a lockdep class. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-05 17:09:56 -06:00
netdev_for_each_tx_queue(slave_dev, dsa_slave_set_lockdep_class_one,
NULL);
dsa: Split ops up, and avoid assigning tag_protocol and receive separately This change addresses several issues. First, it was possible to set tag_protocol without setting the ops pointer. To correct that I have reordered things so that rcv is now populated before we set tag_protocol. Second, it didn't make much sense to keep setting the device ops each time a new slave was registered. So by moving the receive portion out into root switch initialization that issue should be addressed. Third, I wanted to avoid sending tags if the rcv pointer was not registered so I changed the tag check to verify if the rcv function pointer is set on the root tree. If it is then we start sending DSA tagged frames. Finally I split the device ops pointer in the structures into two spots. I placed the rcv function pointer in the root switch since this makes it easiest to access from there, and I placed the xmit function pointer in the slave for the same reason. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-15 11:00:19 -06:00
SET_NETDEV_DEV(slave_dev, parent);
slave_dev->dev.of_node = ds->pd->port_dn[port];
slave_dev->vlan_features = master->vlan_features;
p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
p->parent = ds;
p->port = port;
dsa: add switch chip cascading support The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support for multiple switch chips on a network interface. An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as follows: +-----+ +--------+ +--------+ | |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch | | CPU +----------+ +-------+ | | | | chip 0 | | chip 1 | +-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+ || || || || ||1000baseT ||1000baseT ||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16 This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer: - The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm) - The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit according to which switch chip the packet is heading to. (net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c) - The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU (port 10 for both switch chips in the example above). - The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given port in the port array. - The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip. This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[] array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches in the tree. For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look something like this: static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = { { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 1, .port_names[0] = "p1", .port_names[1] = "p2", .port_names[2] = "p3", .port_names[3] = "p4", .port_names[4] = "p5", .port_names[5] = "p6", .port_names[6] = "p7", .port_names[7] = "p8", .port_names[9] = "dsa", .port_names[10] = "cpu", .rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, }, }, { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 2, .port_names[0] = "p9", .port_names[1] = "p10", .port_names[2] = "p11", .port_names[3] = "p12", .port_names[4] = "p13", .port_names[5] = "p14", .port_names[6] = "p15", .port_names[7] = "p16", .port_names[10] = "dsa", .rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, }, }, }, static struct dsa_platform_data pd = { .netdev = &foo, .nr_switches = 2, .sw = sw, }; Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 03:52:09 -06:00
switch (ds->dst->tag_protocol) {
dsa: add support for original DSA tagging format Most of the DSA switches currently in the field do not support the Ethertype DSA tagging format that one of the previous patches added support for, but only the original DSA tagging format. The original DSA tagging format carries the same information as the Ethertype DSA tagging format, but with the difference that it does not have an ethertype field. In other words, when receiving a packet that is tagged with an original DSA tag, there is no way of telling in eth_type_trans() that this packet is in fact a DSA-tagged packet. This patch adds a hook into eth_type_trans() which is only compiled in if support for a switch chip that doesn't support Ethertype DSA is selected, and which checks whether there is a DSA switch driver instance attached to this network device which uses the old tag format. If so, it sets the protocol field to ETH_P_DSA without looking at the packet, so that the packet ends up in the right place. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:45:02 -06:00
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_DSA
net: dsa: change tag_protocol to an enum Now that we introduced an additional multiplexing/demultiplexing layer with commit 3e8a72d1dae37 ("net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks") that lives within the DSA code, we no longer need to have a given switch driver tag_protocol be an actual ethertype value, instead, we can replace it with an enum: dsa_tag_protocol. Do this replacement in the drivers, which allows us to get rid of the cpu_to_be16()/htons() dance, and remove ETH_P_BRCMTAG since we do not need it anymore. Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-11 22:18:09 -06:00
case DSA_TAG_PROTO_DSA:
dsa: Split ops up, and avoid assigning tag_protocol and receive separately This change addresses several issues. First, it was possible to set tag_protocol without setting the ops pointer. To correct that I have reordered things so that rcv is now populated before we set tag_protocol. Second, it didn't make much sense to keep setting the device ops each time a new slave was registered. So by moving the receive portion out into root switch initialization that issue should be addressed. Third, I wanted to avoid sending tags if the rcv pointer was not registered so I changed the tag check to verify if the rcv function pointer is set on the root tree. If it is then we start sending DSA tagged frames. Finally I split the device ops pointer in the structures into two spots. I placed the rcv function pointer in the root switch since this makes it easiest to access from there, and I placed the xmit function pointer in the slave for the same reason. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-15 11:00:19 -06:00
p->xmit = dsa_netdev_ops.xmit;
dsa: add support for original DSA tagging format Most of the DSA switches currently in the field do not support the Ethertype DSA tagging format that one of the previous patches added support for, but only the original DSA tagging format. The original DSA tagging format carries the same information as the Ethertype DSA tagging format, but with the difference that it does not have an ethertype field. In other words, when receiving a packet that is tagged with an original DSA tag, there is no way of telling in eth_type_trans() that this packet is in fact a DSA-tagged packet. This patch adds a hook into eth_type_trans() which is only compiled in if support for a switch chip that doesn't support Ethertype DSA is selected, and which checks whether there is a DSA switch driver instance attached to this network device which uses the old tag format. If so, it sets the protocol field to ETH_P_DSA without looking at the packet, so that the packet ends up in the right place. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:45:02 -06:00
break;
#endif
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_EDSA
net: dsa: change tag_protocol to an enum Now that we introduced an additional multiplexing/demultiplexing layer with commit 3e8a72d1dae37 ("net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks") that lives within the DSA code, we no longer need to have a given switch driver tag_protocol be an actual ethertype value, instead, we can replace it with an enum: dsa_tag_protocol. Do this replacement in the drivers, which allows us to get rid of the cpu_to_be16()/htons() dance, and remove ETH_P_BRCMTAG since we do not need it anymore. Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-11 22:18:09 -06:00
case DSA_TAG_PROTO_EDSA:
dsa: Split ops up, and avoid assigning tag_protocol and receive separately This change addresses several issues. First, it was possible to set tag_protocol without setting the ops pointer. To correct that I have reordered things so that rcv is now populated before we set tag_protocol. Second, it didn't make much sense to keep setting the device ops each time a new slave was registered. So by moving the receive portion out into root switch initialization that issue should be addressed. Third, I wanted to avoid sending tags if the rcv pointer was not registered so I changed the tag check to verify if the rcv function pointer is set on the root tree. If it is then we start sending DSA tagged frames. Finally I split the device ops pointer in the structures into two spots. I placed the rcv function pointer in the root switch since this makes it easiest to access from there, and I placed the xmit function pointer in the slave for the same reason. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-15 11:00:19 -06:00
p->xmit = edsa_netdev_ops.xmit;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
break;
dsa: add support for Trailer tagging format This adds support for the Trailer switch tagging format. This is another tagging that doesn't explicitly mark tagged packets with a distinct ethertype, so that we need to add a similar hack in the receive path as for the Original DSA tagging format. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:46:07 -06:00
#endif
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_TRAILER
net: dsa: change tag_protocol to an enum Now that we introduced an additional multiplexing/demultiplexing layer with commit 3e8a72d1dae37 ("net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks") that lives within the DSA code, we no longer need to have a given switch driver tag_protocol be an actual ethertype value, instead, we can replace it with an enum: dsa_tag_protocol. Do this replacement in the drivers, which allows us to get rid of the cpu_to_be16()/htons() dance, and remove ETH_P_BRCMTAG since we do not need it anymore. Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-11 22:18:09 -06:00
case DSA_TAG_PROTO_TRAILER:
dsa: Split ops up, and avoid assigning tag_protocol and receive separately This change addresses several issues. First, it was possible to set tag_protocol without setting the ops pointer. To correct that I have reordered things so that rcv is now populated before we set tag_protocol. Second, it didn't make much sense to keep setting the device ops each time a new slave was registered. So by moving the receive portion out into root switch initialization that issue should be addressed. Third, I wanted to avoid sending tags if the rcv pointer was not registered so I changed the tag check to verify if the rcv function pointer is set on the root tree. If it is then we start sending DSA tagged frames. Finally I split the device ops pointer in the structures into two spots. I placed the rcv function pointer in the root switch since this makes it easiest to access from there, and I placed the xmit function pointer in the slave for the same reason. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-15 11:00:19 -06:00
p->xmit = trailer_netdev_ops.xmit;
dsa: add support for Trailer tagging format This adds support for the Trailer switch tagging format. This is another tagging that doesn't explicitly mark tagged packets with a distinct ethertype, so that we need to add a similar hack in the receive path as for the Original DSA tagging format. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:46:07 -06:00
break;
net: dsa: add Broadcom tag RX/TX handler Add support for the 4-bytes Broadcom tag that built-in switches such as the Starfighter 2 might insert when receiving packets, or that we need to insert while targetting specific switch ports. We use a fake local EtherType value for this 4-bytes switch tag: ETH_P_BRCMTAG to make sure we can assign DSA-specific network operations within the DSA drivers. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:55 -06:00
#endif
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM
net: dsa: change tag_protocol to an enum Now that we introduced an additional multiplexing/demultiplexing layer with commit 3e8a72d1dae37 ("net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks") that lives within the DSA code, we no longer need to have a given switch driver tag_protocol be an actual ethertype value, instead, we can replace it with an enum: dsa_tag_protocol. Do this replacement in the drivers, which allows us to get rid of the cpu_to_be16()/htons() dance, and remove ETH_P_BRCMTAG since we do not need it anymore. Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-11 22:18:09 -06:00
case DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM:
dsa: Split ops up, and avoid assigning tag_protocol and receive separately This change addresses several issues. First, it was possible to set tag_protocol without setting the ops pointer. To correct that I have reordered things so that rcv is now populated before we set tag_protocol. Second, it didn't make much sense to keep setting the device ops each time a new slave was registered. So by moving the receive portion out into root switch initialization that issue should be addressed. Third, I wanted to avoid sending tags if the rcv pointer was not registered so I changed the tag check to verify if the rcv function pointer is set on the root tree. If it is then we start sending DSA tagged frames. Finally I split the device ops pointer in the structures into two spots. I placed the rcv function pointer in the root switch since this makes it easiest to access from there, and I placed the xmit function pointer in the slave for the same reason. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-15 11:00:19 -06:00
p->xmit = brcm_netdev_ops.xmit;
net: dsa: add Broadcom tag RX/TX handler Add support for the 4-bytes Broadcom tag that built-in switches such as the Starfighter 2 might insert when receiving packets, or that we need to insert while targetting specific switch ports. We use a fake local EtherType value for this 4-bytes switch tag: ETH_P_BRCMTAG to make sure we can assign DSA-specific network operations within the DSA drivers. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:55 -06:00
break;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
#endif
default:
dsa: Split ops up, and avoid assigning tag_protocol and receive separately This change addresses several issues. First, it was possible to set tag_protocol without setting the ops pointer. To correct that I have reordered things so that rcv is now populated before we set tag_protocol. Second, it didn't make much sense to keep setting the device ops each time a new slave was registered. So by moving the receive portion out into root switch initialization that issue should be addressed. Third, I wanted to avoid sending tags if the rcv pointer was not registered so I changed the tag check to verify if the rcv function pointer is set on the root tree. If it is then we start sending DSA tagged frames. Finally I split the device ops pointer in the structures into two spots. I placed the rcv function pointer in the root switch since this makes it easiest to access from there, and I placed the xmit function pointer in the slave for the same reason. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-15 11:00:19 -06:00
p->xmit = dsa_slave_notag_xmit;
net: dsa: allow switches to work without tagging In case switch port tagging is disabled (voluntarily, or the switch just does not support it), allow us to continue using the defined set of dsa_device_ops in net/dsa/slave.c. We introduce dsa_protocol_is_tagged() to check whether we need to override skb->protocol and go through the DSA-specifif packet_type function, or if we just go on and receive the SKB through the normal path. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:52 -06:00
break;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
}
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-06 17:45:26 -07:00
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 18:04:51 -06:00
p->old_pause = -1;
p->old_link = -1;
p->old_duplex = -1;
net: dsa: Ensure that port array elements are initialized before being used A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized. Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:32 -07:00
ds->ports[port] = slave_dev;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
ret = register_netdev(slave_dev);
if (ret) {
dsa: Use netdev_<level> instead of printk Neaten and standardize the logging output. Other miscellanea: o Use pr_notice_once instead of a guard flag. o Convert existing pr_<level> uses too. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-09 17:32:46 -07:00
netdev_err(master, "error %d registering interface %s\n",
ret, slave_dev->name);
net: dsa: Ensure that port array elements are initialized before being used A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized. Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:32 -07:00
ds->ports[port] = NULL;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
free_netdev(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Ensure that port array elements are initialized before being used A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized. Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:32 -07:00
return ret;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
}
netif_carrier_off(slave_dev);
dsa: Register netdev before phy When the phy is connected, an info message is printed. If the netdev it is attached to has not been registered yet, the name 'uninitialised' in the output. By registering the netdev first, then connecting they phy, we can avoid this. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 12:11:20 -07:00
ret = dsa_slave_phy_setup(p, slave_dev);
if (ret) {
netdev_err(master, "error %d setting up slave phy\n", ret);
net: dsa: Unregister slave_dev in error path With commit 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy"), we are now trying to free a network device that has been previously registered, and in case of errors, this will make us hit the BUG_ON(dev->reg_state != NETREG_UNREGISTERED) condition. Fix this by adding a missing unregister_netdev() before free_netdev(). Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-17 19:43:22 -07:00
unregister_netdev(slave_dev);
dsa: Register netdev before phy When the phy is connected, an info message is printed. If the netdev it is attached to has not been registered yet, the name 'uninitialised' in the output. By registering the netdev first, then connecting they phy, we can avoid this. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 12:11:20 -07:00
free_netdev(slave_dev);
return ret;
}
net: dsa: Ensure that port array elements are initialized before being used A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized. Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:32 -07:00
return 0;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 07:44:02 -06:00
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
net: dsa: move dsa slave destroy code to slave.c Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c. Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine. Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 05:57:35 -07:00
void dsa_slave_destroy(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
netif_carrier_off(slave_dev);
if (p->phy)
phy_disconnect(p->phy);
unregister_netdev(slave_dev);
free_netdev(slave_dev);
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
static bool dsa_slave_dev_check(struct net_device *dev)
{
return dev->netdev_ops == &dsa_slave_netdev_ops;
}
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 14:21:34 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_port_upper_event(struct net_device *dev,
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
{
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 14:21:34 -06:00
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info = ptr;
struct net_device *upper = info->upper_dev;
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
int err = 0;
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 14:21:34 -06:00
switch (event) {
case NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER:
if (netif_is_bridge_master(upper)) {
if (info->linking)
err = dsa_slave_bridge_port_join(dev, upper);
else
dsa_slave_bridge_port_leave(dev);
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 14:21:34 -06:00
break;
}
return notifier_from_errno(err);
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
}
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 14:21:34 -06:00
static int dsa_slave_port_event(struct net_device *dev, unsigned long event,
void *ptr)
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
{
switch (event) {
case NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER:
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 14:21:34 -06:00
return dsa_slave_port_upper_event(dev, event, ptr);
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 14:21:34 -06:00
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 14:21:34 -06:00
int dsa_slave_netdevice_event(struct notifier_block *unused,
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
{
struct net_device *dev = netdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
if (dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
return dsa_slave_port_event(dev, event, ptr);
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 14:15:33 -07:00
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}